mirror of
https://github.com/vim/vim
synced 2025-04-30 13:27:47 +02:00
8730 lines
224 KiB
C
8730 lines
224 KiB
C
/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
*
|
|
* VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
*
|
|
* Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
* Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
* See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include "vim.h"
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
|
|
* The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
|
|
* the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
|
|
*/
|
|
struct hl_group
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
|
|
char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
|
|
/* for normal terminals */
|
|
int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
|
|
char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
|
|
int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
|
|
/* for color terminals */
|
|
int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
|
|
int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
|
|
int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
|
|
int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
|
|
int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
/* for when using the GUI */
|
|
int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
|
|
char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
|
|
guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
|
|
char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
|
|
guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */
|
|
char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
|
|
GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
|
|
#endif
|
|
char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
|
|
int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
|
|
#endif
|
|
int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
|
|
int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
|
|
#define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
|
|
#define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
|
|
#define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
|
|
|
|
static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
|
|
|
|
#define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
static int include_default = FALSE; /* include "default" for expansion */
|
|
static int include_link = FALSE; /* include "link" for expansion */
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
|
|
* following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
|
|
*/
|
|
static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
|
|
{"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
|
|
"italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
|
|
static int hl_attr_table[] =
|
|
{HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
|
|
|
|
static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
|
|
static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
|
|
static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
|
|
static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
|
|
static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
|
|
static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
|
|
static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
|
|
static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
|
|
# endif
|
|
static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
|
#define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
|
|
|
|
/* different types of offsets that are possible */
|
|
#define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
|
|
#define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
|
|
#define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
|
|
#define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
|
|
#define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
|
|
#define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
|
|
#define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
|
|
#define SPO_COUNT 7
|
|
|
|
static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
|
|
{"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
|
|
* A match item consists of one pattern.
|
|
* A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
|
|
* A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
|
|
* end patterns.
|
|
* For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
|
|
*
|
|
* A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
|
|
* and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct syn_pattern
|
|
{
|
|
char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
|
|
char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
|
|
short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
|
|
struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
|
|
short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
|
|
char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
|
|
regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
|
|
int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
|
|
short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
|
|
int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
|
|
short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
|
|
int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
|
|
int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
|
|
} synpat_T;
|
|
|
|
/* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
|
|
* offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
|
|
* offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
|
|
* When both are present, only one is used.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
|
|
#define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
|
|
#define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
|
|
#define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
|
|
|
|
#define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
|
|
#define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
|
|
#define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
|
|
#define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
|
|
#define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
|
|
#define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
|
|
#define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
|
|
#define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
|
|
#define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
|
|
#define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
|
|
#define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
|
|
#define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
|
|
#define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
|
|
#define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
|
|
#define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
|
|
/* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
|
|
* si_flags and bs_flags. */
|
|
#define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
|
|
#define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
|
|
|
|
#define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
|
|
|
|
#define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
|
|
*/
|
|
#define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
|
|
#define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
|
|
|
|
#define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
|
|
|
|
#define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
|
|
static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
typedef struct syn_cluster_S
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
|
|
char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
|
|
short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
|
|
} syn_cluster_T;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Methods of combining two clusters
|
|
*/
|
|
#define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
|
|
#define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
|
|
#define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
|
|
|
|
#define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Syntax group IDs have different types:
|
|
* 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
|
|
* 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
* 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
* 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
* >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
|
|
*/
|
|
#define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
|
|
#define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
|
|
#define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
|
|
#define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
|
|
* expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
|
|
* instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
|
|
* files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
|
|
* rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
|
|
* This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
|
|
* KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
|
|
* HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
* HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
*/
|
|
static keyentry_T dumkey;
|
|
#define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
|
|
#define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
|
|
#define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
|
|
* stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
|
|
* "keepend" on the stack.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
|
|
* When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
|
|
* (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct state_item
|
|
{
|
|
int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern */
|
|
int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
|
|
int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
|
|
int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
|
|
lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
|
|
lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
|
|
lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
|
|
lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
|
|
int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
|
|
int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
|
|
int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
|
|
long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
|
|
* HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
|
|
short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
|
|
short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
|
|
reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
|
|
* pattern */
|
|
} stateitem_T;
|
|
|
|
#define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
|
|
#define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
|
|
but contained groups */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
|
|
* very often.
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct
|
|
{
|
|
int flags; /* flags for contained and transpartent */
|
|
int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
|
|
int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
|
|
if not allowed */
|
|
char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
|
|
short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
|
|
short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
|
|
short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
} syn_opt_arg_T;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
|
|
* to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
|
|
* If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
|
|
* If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
|
|
* (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
|
|
*/
|
|
static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
|
|
static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
|
|
static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
|
|
static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
|
|
static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
|
|
static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
|
|
static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
|
|
static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
|
|
static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
|
|
static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
|
|
* garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
|
|
#define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
|
|
* When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
|
|
*/
|
|
static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
|
|
static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
|
|
static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
|
|
static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
|
|
static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
|
|
* after setting current_finished */
|
|
static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
|
|
static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
|
|
= {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
|
|
static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
|
|
static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
|
|
|
|
#define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
|
|
|
|
static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
|
|
static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
|
|
static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
|
|
static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
|
|
static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
|
|
static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
|
|
static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
|
|
static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
|
|
static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell));
|
|
static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
|
|
static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
|
|
static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
|
|
static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
|
|
static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
|
|
static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
|
|
static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
|
static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
|
|
static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
|
|
static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
|
static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
|
|
static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
|
|
static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
|
|
static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
|
|
static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
|
|
static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
|
|
static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
|
|
static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
|
|
static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
|
|
static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
|
|
static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
|
|
static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
|
|
static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
|
|
static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
#else
|
|
static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
#endif
|
|
static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
|
|
static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
|
|
static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
|
|
static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
|
|
static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
|
|
static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
|
|
static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
|
|
* from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
|
|
* The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
|
|
* it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
|
|
* window.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
syntax_start(wp, lnum)
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
linenr_T lnum;
|
|
{
|
|
synstate_T *p;
|
|
synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
|
|
synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
|
|
synstate_T *sp, *prev;
|
|
linenr_T parsed_lnum;
|
|
linenr_T first_stored;
|
|
int dist;
|
|
static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
|
|
|
|
reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
|
|
* Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
|
|
* then.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
|
|
{
|
|
invalidate_current_state();
|
|
syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
}
|
|
changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
syn_win = wp;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allocate syntax stack when needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
syn_stack_alloc();
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
goto theend; /* out of memory */
|
|
syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state)
|
|
&& current_lnum < lnum
|
|
&& current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
if (!current_state_stored)
|
|
{
|
|
++current_lnum;
|
|
(void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
|
|
* state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
|
|
* current_state and figure it out below.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (current_lnum != lnum)
|
|
invalidate_current_state();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
* Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
|
|
for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
{
|
|
if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
last_valid = p;
|
|
if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
|
|
last_min_valid = p;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (last_min_valid != NULL)
|
|
load_current_state(last_min_valid);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
|
|
* re-synchronize.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
{
|
|
syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
|
|
first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
first_stored = current_lnum;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
|
|
* Save some entries for syncing with later on.
|
|
*/
|
|
dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
while (current_lnum < lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
syn_start_line();
|
|
(void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
++current_lnum;
|
|
|
|
/* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
|
|
* state, the current state is considered valid. */
|
|
if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
|
|
* equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
|
|
* states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
|
|
if (prev == NULL)
|
|
sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
else
|
|
sp = prev->sst_next;
|
|
if (sp != NULL
|
|
&& sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
|
|
&& syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
{
|
|
parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
prev = sp;
|
|
while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
|
|
/* valid state before desired line, use this one */
|
|
prev = sp;
|
|
else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
/* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
|
|
break;
|
|
sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
}
|
|
load_current_state(prev);
|
|
}
|
|
/* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
|
|
* where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
|
|
* saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
|
|
else if (prev == NULL
|
|
|| current_lnum == lnum
|
|
|| current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
|
|
prev = store_current_state(prev);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
|
|
* state will be wrong then. */
|
|
line_breakcheck();
|
|
if (got_int)
|
|
{
|
|
current_lnum = lnum;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
syn_start_line();
|
|
|
|
theend:
|
|
reg_syn = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
|
|
* have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
clear_syn_state(p)
|
|
synstate_T *p;
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
|
if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
{
|
|
gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
|
|
unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
ga_clear(gap);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
|
|
unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Cleanup the current_state stack.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
clear_current_state()
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
|
sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
|
|
unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
|
|
ga_clear(¤t_state);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
|
|
*
|
|
* This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
|
|
* used:
|
|
* 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
|
|
* 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
* 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
linenr_T start_lnum;
|
|
synstate_T *last_valid;
|
|
{
|
|
buf_T *curbuf_save;
|
|
win_T *curwin_save;
|
|
pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
linenr_T lnum;
|
|
linenr_T end_lnum;
|
|
linenr_T break_lnum;
|
|
int had_sync_point;
|
|
stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
synpat_T *spp;
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
int found_flags = 0;
|
|
int found_match_idx = 0;
|
|
linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
|
|
int found_current_col= 0;
|
|
lpos_T found_m_endpos;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
|
|
*/
|
|
invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
|
|
* there.
|
|
* Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
|
|
* resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
|
|
* where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
|
|
* Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
|
|
start_lnum = 1;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
|
|
lnum = 1;
|
|
else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
|
|
lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
|
|
else
|
|
lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
&& lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
if (lnum >= start_lnum)
|
|
start_lnum = 1;
|
|
else
|
|
start_lnum -= lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
|
|
* use find_start_comment(). */
|
|
curwin_save = curwin;
|
|
curwin = wp;
|
|
curbuf_save = curbuf;
|
|
curbuf = syn_buf;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Skip lines that end in a backslash.
|
|
*/
|
|
for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
|
|
if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
|
/* set cursor to start of search */
|
|
cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
|
|
wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
|
|
* defines the comment.
|
|
* Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
|
|
&& SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
{
|
|
validate_current_state();
|
|
if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
|
|
update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* restore cursor and buffer */
|
|
wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
curwin = curwin_save;
|
|
curbuf = curbuf_save;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
*/
|
|
else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
|
|
{
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
&& start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
else
|
|
break_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
|
end_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
while (--lnum > break_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
/* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
|
|
line_breakcheck();
|
|
if (got_int)
|
|
{
|
|
invalidate_current_state();
|
|
current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
|
|
if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
load_current_state(last_valid);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Start with nothing on the state stack
|
|
*/
|
|
validate_current_state();
|
|
|
|
for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
syn_start_line();
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
|
|
/*
|
|
* When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
|
|
* continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
{
|
|
cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
/* ignore match that goes to after where started */
|
|
current_lnum = end_lnum;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
|
|
found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
|
|
found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
found_current_col = current_col;
|
|
found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
/*
|
|
* Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
|
|
* match).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
|
|
current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
else
|
|
++current_col;
|
|
|
|
/* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
|
|
* an item that ends here, need to do that now. */
|
|
++current_col;
|
|
check_state_ends();
|
|
--current_col;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If a sync point was encountered, break here.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (found_flags)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
|
|
* state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
|
|
* state stack empty.
|
|
*/
|
|
clear_current_state();
|
|
if (found_match_idx >= 0
|
|
&& push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
|
|
* match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
|
|
* the next line.
|
|
* For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
{
|
|
if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
{
|
|
cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
|
|
cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
|
|
update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
check_keepend();
|
|
}
|
|
current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
(void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
++current_lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
end_lnum = lnum;
|
|
invalidate_current_state();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
|
|
if (lnum <= break_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
invalidate_current_state();
|
|
current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
validate_current_state();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
syn_match_linecont(lnum)
|
|
linenr_T lnum;
|
|
{
|
|
regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
|
|
regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
|
|
return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_start_line()
|
|
{
|
|
current_finished = FALSE;
|
|
current_col = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
* previous line and regions that have "keepend".
|
|
*/
|
|
if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
syn_update_ends(TRUE);
|
|
|
|
next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
++current_line_id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
|
|
* When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
|
|
* When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_update_ends(startofline)
|
|
int startofline;
|
|
{
|
|
stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (startofline)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
|
|
* contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
&& (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
|
|
== SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
&& cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
|
|
cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
* previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
|
|
* influence contained items.
|
|
* Then check for items ending in column 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
if (keepend_level >= 0)
|
|
for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
break;
|
|
for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|| (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
|
|
{
|
|
cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
|
|
cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
|
if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
|
|
update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
check_keepend();
|
|
check_state_ends();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/****************************************
|
|
* Handling of the state stack cache.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
|
|
*
|
|
* To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
|
|
* lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
|
|
*
|
|
* The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
|
|
* valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
|
|
* The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
|
|
* (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
|
|
* There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
|
|
* having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
|
|
*
|
|
* When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
|
|
* update_screen() to update the display, it will call
|
|
* syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
|
|
* entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
|
|
* because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
|
|
* number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
|
|
* set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
|
|
* the cached entry.
|
|
*
|
|
* When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
|
|
* lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
|
|
* start of the line is needed.
|
|
* For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
|
|
* entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
|
|
* entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
|
|
* the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
|
|
* number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
|
|
* Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
syn_stack_free_all(buf)
|
|
buf_T *buf;
|
|
{
|
|
synstate_T *p;
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
|
|
buf->b_sst_len = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
/* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
|
|
foldUpdateAll(wp);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
|
|
* If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
|
|
* small, reallocate it.
|
|
* Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_stack_alloc()
|
|
{
|
|
long len;
|
|
synstate_T *to, *from;
|
|
synstate_T *sstp;
|
|
|
|
len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
|
|
len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
|
|
* Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
|
|
while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
|
|
&& syn_stack_cleanup())
|
|
;
|
|
if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
|
|
len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
|
|
if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
to = sstp - 1;
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
|
|
for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
|
|
from = from->sst_next)
|
|
{
|
|
++to;
|
|
*to = *from;
|
|
to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (to != sstp - 1)
|
|
{
|
|
to->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
|
|
syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
|
|
syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Create the list of free entries. */
|
|
syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
|
|
while (++to < sstp + len)
|
|
to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
(sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
|
vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
|
|
syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
|
|
* b_mod_* fields.
|
|
* Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
|
|
* displayed buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
|
|
buf_T *buf;
|
|
{
|
|
synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
|
|
linenr_T n;
|
|
|
|
if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
prev = NULL;
|
|
for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
|
|
{
|
|
if (p->sst_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
{
|
|
n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
{
|
|
/* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
|
|
np = p->sst_next;
|
|
if (prev == NULL)
|
|
buf->b_sst_first = np;
|
|
else
|
|
prev->sst_next = np;
|
|
syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
|
|
p = np;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
/* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
|
|
* that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
|
|
* again. */
|
|
if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
{
|
|
if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
else
|
|
p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
|
|
}
|
|
if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
|
|
|| p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
|
|
|
|
p->sst_lnum = n;
|
|
}
|
|
prev = p;
|
|
p = p->sst_next;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
|
|
* Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
syn_stack_cleanup()
|
|
{
|
|
synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
disptick_T tick;
|
|
int above;
|
|
int dist;
|
|
int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
|
|
return retval;
|
|
|
|
/* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
|
|
dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
|
|
* be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
|
|
* "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
|
|
*/
|
|
tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
|
|
above = FALSE;
|
|
prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
{
|
|
if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
above = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
|
|
* interval of several lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
{
|
|
if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Move this entry from used list to free list */
|
|
prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
|
|
syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
|
|
p = prev;
|
|
retval = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
|
|
* Move the entry into the free list.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
|
|
buf_T *buf;
|
|
synstate_T *p;
|
|
{
|
|
clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
|
|
++buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
|
|
* Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
|
|
*/
|
|
static synstate_T *
|
|
syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
|
|
linenr_T lnum;
|
|
{
|
|
synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
|
prev = NULL;
|
|
for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
{
|
|
if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
return p;
|
|
if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return prev;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
* The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
|
|
*/
|
|
static synstate_T *
|
|
store_current_state(sp)
|
|
synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or
|
|
NULL */
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
synstate_T *p;
|
|
bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
|
if (sp == NULL)
|
|
sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
|
|
* from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
{
|
|
cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|| cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|| cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|| (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
&& cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (i >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
|
|
/* it's the first entry */
|
|
syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
|
|
for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
if (p->sst_next == sp)
|
|
break;
|
|
p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
}
|
|
syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
|
|
sp = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a new entry
|
|
*/
|
|
/* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)syn_stack_cleanup();
|
|
/* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
|
|
sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
}
|
|
/* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
sp = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
|
|
* list, after *sp */
|
|
p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
|
|
--syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
if (sp == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Insert in front of the list */
|
|
p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* insert in list after *sp */
|
|
p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
sp->sst_next = p;
|
|
}
|
|
sp = p;
|
|
sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (sp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
|
|
clear_syn_state(sp);
|
|
sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
|
|
* length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
|
|
ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
|
|
if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
|
|
sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
|
|
bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
|
|
bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
|
|
}
|
|
sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
|
|
sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
|
|
sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
|
|
sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
current_state_stored = TRUE;
|
|
return sp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
load_current_state(from)
|
|
synstate_T *from;
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
|
clear_current_state();
|
|
validate_current_state();
|
|
keepend_level = -1;
|
|
if (from->sst_stacksize
|
|
&& ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
else
|
|
bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
|
|
CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
|
|
CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
keepend_level = i;
|
|
CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
|
|
if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
|
|
CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
|
|
(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
|
|
else
|
|
CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
update_si_attr(i);
|
|
}
|
|
current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
|
|
}
|
|
current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
|
|
current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
|
|
current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
|
|
* Return TRUE when they are equal.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
syn_stack_equal(sp)
|
|
synstate_T *sp;
|
|
{
|
|
int i, j;
|
|
bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
|
|
|
|
/* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
|
|
if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
|
|
&& sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
|
|
if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
else
|
|
bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
|
for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
/* If the item has another index the state is different. */
|
|
if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
|
|
{
|
|
/* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
|
|
* them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
|
|
* references are equal. */
|
|
bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
|
|
six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
|
|
/* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
|
|
* different. */
|
|
if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
|
|
* equal. */
|
|
if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
|
|
{
|
|
/* If the pointer is different it can still be the
|
|
* same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
|
|
* the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
|
|
if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
|
|
|| six->matches[j] == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
|
|
? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
|
|
six->matches[j]) != 0
|
|
: STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (j != NSUBEXP)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
|
|
* this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
|
|
* the last parsed line.
|
|
* The window looks like this:
|
|
* line which changed
|
|
* displayed line
|
|
* displayed line
|
|
* lnum -> line below window
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
|
|
linenr_T lnum;
|
|
{
|
|
synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
|
sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
|
|
sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
|
if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
|
|
sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* End of handling of the state stack.
|
|
****************************************/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
invalidate_current_state()
|
|
{
|
|
clear_current_state();
|
|
current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
|
|
current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
keepend_level = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
validate_current_state()
|
|
{
|
|
current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
|
|
current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
|
|
* This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
|
|
* line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
syntax_check_changed(lnum)
|
|
linenr_T lnum;
|
|
{
|
|
int retval = TRUE;
|
|
synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
|
reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check the state stack when:
|
|
* - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
|
|
* - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
|
|
* - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
|
|
* - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
|
|
{
|
|
sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
|
|
* drawn)
|
|
*/
|
|
(void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
|
|
* the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
|
|
*/
|
|
++current_lnum;
|
|
(void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
reg_syn = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Finish the current line.
|
|
* This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
|
|
* the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
|
|
* is valid.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
syn_finish_line(syncing)
|
|
int syncing; /* called for syncing */
|
|
{
|
|
stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
|
if (!current_finished)
|
|
{
|
|
while (!current_finished)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
/*
|
|
* When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for match with sync item.
|
|
*/
|
|
cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
&& (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
|
|
& (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
|
|
* that ends here, need to do that now. */
|
|
++current_col;
|
|
check_state_ends();
|
|
--current_col;
|
|
}
|
|
++current_col;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return highlight attributes for next character.
|
|
* Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
|
|
* "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
|
|
* time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
|
|
* line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
|
|
* When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
|
|
* done.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell)
|
|
colnr_T col;
|
|
int *can_spell;
|
|
{
|
|
int attr = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* check for out of memory situation */
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure current_state is valid */
|
|
if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
validate_current_state();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
|
|
*/
|
|
while (current_col <= col)
|
|
{
|
|
attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell);
|
|
++current_col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
reg_syn = FALSE;
|
|
return attr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell)
|
|
int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
|
|
int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
|
|
int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */
|
|
{
|
|
int syn_id;
|
|
lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
|
|
lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
|
|
lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
|
|
lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
|
|
int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
|
|
int idx;
|
|
synpat_T *spp;
|
|
stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL;
|
|
int startcol;
|
|
int endcol;
|
|
long flags;
|
|
short *next_list;
|
|
int found_match; /* found usable match */
|
|
static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
|
|
int do_keywords;
|
|
regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
lpos_T pos;
|
|
int lc_col;
|
|
reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
|
|
looking for a pattern match! */
|
|
|
|
/* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
int keep_next_list;
|
|
int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
|
|
* Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
|
|
*/
|
|
line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we found a match after the last column, use it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
|
|
&& next_match_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
(void)push_next_match(NULL);
|
|
|
|
current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
|
|
if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
|
|
* (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
|
|
* the next column.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (try_next_column)
|
|
{
|
|
next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
try_next_column = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
|
|
do_keywords = !syncing
|
|
&& (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|| syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
|
|
/* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
|
|
* avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
|
|
ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
|
|
* same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
|
|
* column.
|
|
*/
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
found_match = FALSE;
|
|
keep_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
syn_id = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* 1. Check for a current state.
|
|
* Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
|
|
* contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
|
|
* Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
|
|
* "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
else
|
|
cur_si = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
|
|
|| cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
|
|
* char. Don't do this when syncing.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (do_keywords)
|
|
{
|
|
line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
|
|
&& (current_col == 0
|
|
|| !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
- (has_mbyte
|
|
? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
|
|
: 0)
|
|
#endif
|
|
, syn_buf)))
|
|
{
|
|
syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
|
|
&endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
|
|
if (syn_id != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
|
|
cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
cur_si->si_flags = flags;
|
|
cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
|
|
cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
|
|
if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
|
|
{
|
|
if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
|
|
{
|
|
cur_si->si_attr = 0;
|
|
cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
|
|
current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
|
|
cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
|
|
current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
|
|
cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
|
|
check_keepend();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
vim_free(next_list);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
|
|
* for any match with a pattern.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
|
|
* position. This is complicated, because matching with a
|
|
* pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
|
|
* avoid doing it when it's not needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
|
|
next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
|
|
&& (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
|
|
&& (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|| spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
&& (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
|
|
&spp->sp_syn, 0)
|
|
: (cur_si == NULL
|
|
? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
: in_id_list(cur_si,
|
|
cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
|
|
spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
|
|
{
|
|
/* If we already tried matching in this line, and
|
|
* there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
|
|
* this item. */
|
|
if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
|
|
&& spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
continue;
|
|
spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
|
|
|
|
lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
|
regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum,
|
|
(colnr_T)lc_col))
|
|
{
|
|
/* no match in this line, try another one */
|
|
spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute the first column of the match.
|
|
*/
|
|
syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match,
|
|
spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
|
|
if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
/* must have used end of match in a next line,
|
|
* we can't handle that */
|
|
spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
startcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
|
/* remember the next column where this pattern
|
|
* matches in the current line */
|
|
spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If a previously found match starts at a lower
|
|
* column number, don't use this one.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we matched this pattern at this position
|
|
* before, skip it. Must retry in the next
|
|
* column, because it may match from there.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
|
|
{
|
|
try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
|
/* Compute the highlight start. */
|
|
syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match,
|
|
spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
|
/* Compute the region start. */
|
|
/* Default is to use the end of the match. */
|
|
syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match,
|
|
spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Grab the external submatches before they get
|
|
* overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
|
|
*/
|
|
unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
|
|
re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
|
flags = 0;
|
|
eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
|
eoe_pos.col = 0;
|
|
end_idx = 0;
|
|
hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
|
|
* same line too. Search for it after the end of
|
|
* the match with the start pattern. Set the
|
|
* resulting end positions at the same time.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
&& (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
{
|
|
lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
|
startpos = endpos;
|
|
find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
&flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
|
|
if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
continue; /* not found */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
|
|
* end offset needs has been added. Except when
|
|
* syncing.
|
|
*/
|
|
else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
{
|
|
syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
|
|
syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
|
|
if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
&& (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If an empty string is matched, may need
|
|
* to try matching again at next column.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
== regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* keep the best match so far in next_match_*
|
|
*/
|
|
/* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
|
|
* before endpos. */
|
|
if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
&& (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
|
|
hl_startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
|
|
|
|
next_match_idx = idx;
|
|
next_match_col = startcol;
|
|
next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
|
|
next_match_flags = flags;
|
|
next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
|
|
next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
|
|
next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
|
|
cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we found a match at the current column, use it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
|
|
{
|
|
synpat_T *lspp;
|
|
|
|
/* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
|
|
* don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
|
|
lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
&& next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
|
|
&& lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
|
|
current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
|
|
keep_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
|
|
* later that we don't match it again (and cause an
|
|
* endless loop). */
|
|
if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
|
|
[zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
|
|
}
|
|
next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
|
|
found_match = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle searching for nextgroup match.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
|
|
* - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
|
|
* - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!found_match)
|
|
{
|
|
line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
&& vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
|
|
|| ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
&& *line == NUL))
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
|
|
* contained matches.
|
|
* If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
|
|
* match.
|
|
* When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
|
|
* match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
|
|
*/
|
|
current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
if (!zero_width_next_list)
|
|
found_match = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} while (found_match);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
|
|
* If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
|
|
*/
|
|
current_attr = 0;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
current_id = 0;
|
|
current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (cur_si != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifndef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
int current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
|
|
{
|
|
sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|| (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
&& current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
|
|
&& (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|| current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|| (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
&& current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
|
|
{
|
|
current_attr = sip->si_attr;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
current_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
#endif
|
|
current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
struct sp_syn sps;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
|
|
* done in the current item.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* If there is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
|
|
* @NoSpell. Otherwise only in items with @Spell */
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
*can_spell = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id;
|
|
sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
*can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (current_trans_id == 0)
|
|
*can_spell = FALSE;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
sps.inc_tag = 0;
|
|
sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id;
|
|
sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
*can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
|
|
* next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
|
|
* single character match.
|
|
* First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
|
|
* may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
|
|
* current column.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!syncing)
|
|
{
|
|
check_state_ends();
|
|
if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
++current_col;
|
|
check_state_ends();
|
|
--current_col;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (can_spell != NULL)
|
|
/* Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster. */
|
|
*can_spell = (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0);
|
|
|
|
/* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
|
|
if (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
&& syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
|
|
&& !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
|
|
current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
|
|
|
|
/* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
|
|
unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
|
|
re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
|
return current_attr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
did_match_already(idx, gap)
|
|
int idx;
|
|
garray_T *gap;
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
|
|
&& CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
|
|
&& CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
|
|
* stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
|
|
for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Push the next match onto the stack.
|
|
*/
|
|
static stateitem_T *
|
|
push_next_match(cur_si)
|
|
stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
{
|
|
synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
|
spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Push the item in current_state stack;
|
|
*/
|
|
if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
|
|
* much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
|
|
*/
|
|
cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
|
|
cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
|
|
update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
|
|
check_keepend();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
|
|
cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
|
|
cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
|
|
cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
|
|
cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
|
|
}
|
|
if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
check_keepend();
|
|
update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
|
|
* on the stack for the start pattern.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
&& spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
|
|
&& push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
|
|
cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
check_keepend();
|
|
update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
|
|
|
|
return cur_si;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
check_state_ends()
|
|
{
|
|
stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
int had_extend = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (cur_si->si_ends
|
|
&& (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
|
|
|| (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
&& cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
|
|
* now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
|
|
* Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
|
|
* position.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
&& (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
|
|
|| (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
&& cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
|
|
{
|
|
cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
|
|
cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
|
|
update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
|
/* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
|
|
next_match_idx = 0;
|
|
next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
|
|
* "skipempty" */
|
|
current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
|
|
current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
|
|
if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
|
|
&& syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
|
|
* "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
|
|
if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
had_extend = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
pop_current_state();
|
|
|
|
if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (had_extend)
|
|
{
|
|
syn_update_ends(FALSE);
|
|
if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Only for a region the search for the end continues after
|
|
* the end of the contained item. If the contained match
|
|
* included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
|
|
* Don't do this when:
|
|
* - "keepend" is used for the contained item
|
|
* - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
|
|
* - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
&& SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
|
|
== SPTYPE_START
|
|
&& !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
|
|
{
|
|
update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
check_keepend();
|
|
if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
|
|
&& keepend_level < 0
|
|
&& syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
|
|
* fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
update_si_attr(idx)
|
|
int idx;
|
|
{
|
|
stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
|
spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
|
|
if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
else
|
|
sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
|
|
sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
|
|
sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
|
|
* Also take cont_list, if there is none.
|
|
* Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
{
|
|
if (idx == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
sip->si_attr = 0;
|
|
sip->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
|
|
sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
|
|
sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
|
|
sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
|
|
if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
|
|
sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
|
|
* Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
check_keepend()
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
lpos_T maxpos;
|
|
stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
|
|
* there really is a keepend.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (keepend_level < 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
|
|
* won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
|
|
* "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
maxpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
|
|
sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sip->si_ends
|
|
&& (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
&& (maxpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|| maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|| (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
&& maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col)))
|
|
maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
|
|
* This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
|
|
*
|
|
* Return the flags for the matched END.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
|
|
stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
|
|
int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
|
|
{
|
|
lpos_T startpos;
|
|
lpos_T endpos;
|
|
lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
lpos_T end_endpos;
|
|
int end_idx;
|
|
|
|
/* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
|
|
* that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
|
|
* from a containing item. */
|
|
if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
|
|
* line.
|
|
*/
|
|
end_idx = 0;
|
|
startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
&(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
|
|
|
|
if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* No end pattern matched. */
|
|
if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
|
|
{
|
|
/* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
|
|
sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* continues in the next line */
|
|
sip->si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* match within this line */
|
|
sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
|
|
sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a new state to the current state stack.
|
|
* It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
|
|
* Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
push_current_state(idx)
|
|
int idx;
|
|
{
|
|
if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
|
|
CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
|
|
++current_state.ga_len;
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Remove a state from the current_state stack.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
pop_current_state()
|
|
{
|
|
if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
{
|
|
unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
|
|
--current_state.ga_len;
|
|
}
|
|
/* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
|
|
next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
|
/* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
|
|
if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
|
|
keepend_level = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
|
|
* Only checks one line.
|
|
* Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
|
|
* If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
|
|
* will be 0.
|
|
* If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
|
|
* computed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
|
|
end_idx, start_ext)
|
|
int idx; /* index of the pattern */
|
|
lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
|
|
lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
|
|
lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
|
|
long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
|
|
lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
|
|
int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
|
|
reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
|
|
{
|
|
colnr_T matchcol;
|
|
synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
|
|
int start_idx;
|
|
int best_idx;
|
|
regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
|
|
lpos_T pos;
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
int had_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for being called with a START pattern.
|
|
* Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
|
|
* contained a region.
|
|
*/
|
|
spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
{
|
|
*hl_endpos = *startpos;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
break;
|
|
++idx;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
{
|
|
spp_skip = spp;
|
|
++idx;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
spp_skip = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
|
|
unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
|
|
|
|
matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
|
|
start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
|
|
best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
|
|
*/
|
|
best_idx = -1;
|
|
for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
{
|
|
int lc_col = matchcol;
|
|
|
|
spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
|
|
break;
|
|
lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
|
regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
|
|
{
|
|
if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
< best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
{
|
|
best_idx = idx;
|
|
best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
|
|
best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
|
|
* item continues until end-of-line.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (best_idx == -1)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
|
|
* continue searching after the skip pattern.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (spp_skip != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
|
if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
lc_col = 0;
|
|
regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
|
|
regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
|
|
if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
|
|
&& regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
<= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Add offset to skip pattern match */
|
|
syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
|
/* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
|
|
* match with an end pattern in this line. */
|
|
if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
|
|
if (pos.col <= matchcol)
|
|
++matchcol;
|
|
else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
matchcol = pos.col;
|
|
else
|
|
/* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
|
|
for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
|
|
++matchcol)
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
/* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
|
|
if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Match from start pattern to end pattern.
|
|
* Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
|
|
*/
|
|
spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
|
|
syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
/* can't end before the start */
|
|
if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
|
syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
|
|
/* can't end before the start */
|
|
if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
&& end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
/* can't end after the match */
|
|
limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
*end_idx = best_idx;
|
|
if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
{
|
|
hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
|
|
}
|
|
hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
|
|
|
|
/* can't end before the start */
|
|
if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
&& hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
|
/* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
|
|
* into the matchgroup for the end */
|
|
*m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
*end_idx = 0;
|
|
*hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
|
had_match = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* no match for an END pattern in this line */
|
|
if (!had_match)
|
|
m_endpos->lnum = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Remove external matches. */
|
|
unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
re_extmatch_in = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
limit_pos(pos, limit)
|
|
lpos_T *pos;
|
|
lpos_T *limit;
|
|
{
|
|
if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
|
|
*pos = *limit;
|
|
else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
|
|
pos->col = limit->col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
|
|
lpos_T *pos;
|
|
lpos_T *limit;
|
|
{
|
|
if (pos->lnum == 0)
|
|
*pos = *limit;
|
|
else
|
|
limit_pos(pos, limit);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
|
|
int idx; /* index of offset */
|
|
int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
|
|
{
|
|
int col;
|
|
|
|
if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
|
|
{
|
|
result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
|
|
}
|
|
col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
if (col < 0)
|
|
result->col = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
result->col = col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
|
|
* Avoid resulting column to become negative.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
synpat_T *spp;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
|
|
{
|
|
int col;
|
|
|
|
if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
{
|
|
result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
|
|
}
|
|
col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
if (col < 0)
|
|
result->col = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
result->col = col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get current line in syntax buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
syn_getcurline()
|
|
{
|
|
return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Call vim_regexec() to match in syn_buf.
|
|
* Returns TRUE when there is a match.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
|
|
regmmatch_T *rmp;
|
|
linenr_T lnum;
|
|
colnr_T col;
|
|
{
|
|
if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
|
|
* The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
|
|
* Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
|
|
int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
|
|
long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
|
|
short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
|
|
stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
|
|
{
|
|
keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
char_u *kwp;
|
|
int round;
|
|
int kwlen;
|
|
char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
|
|
hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
|
/* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
|
|
* checked. */
|
|
kwp = line + startcol;
|
|
kwlen = 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(kwp + kwlen);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
++kwlen;
|
|
}
|
|
while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
|
|
|
|
if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
|
|
* lowercase.
|
|
*/
|
|
STRNCPY(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
|
|
keyword[kwlen] = NUL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try twice:
|
|
* 1. matching case
|
|
* 2. ignoring case
|
|
*/
|
|
for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
{
|
|
ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
if (ht->ht_used == 0)
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
|
|
(void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
|
|
* attributes.
|
|
* When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
|
|
* Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
|
|
* Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
|
|
*/
|
|
hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
|
|
if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
{
|
|
if (current_next_list != 0
|
|
? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
|
|
: (cur_si == NULL
|
|
? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
: in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
|
|
&kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
|
|
{
|
|
*endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
|
|
*flagsp = kp->flags;
|
|
*next_listp = kp->next_list;
|
|
return kp->k_syn.id;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":syntax case" command.
|
|
*/
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
char_u *next;
|
|
|
|
eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
if (eap->skip)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
|
|
else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
syntax_clear(buf)
|
|
buf_T *buf;
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
|
|
buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* free the keywords */
|
|
clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
|
|
clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
|
|
/* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
|
|
ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
|
|
|
|
/* free the syntax clusters */
|
|
for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
|
|
ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
|
|
buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;
|
|
|
|
buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
|
vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* free the stored states */
|
|
syn_stack_free_all(buf);
|
|
invalidate_current_state();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear syncing info for one buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syntax_sync_clear()
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
|
|
syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
|
|
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
|
vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
|
syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
|
|
buf_T *buf;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
{
|
|
synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
|
spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
--buf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
#endif
|
|
syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
|
|
mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
|
|
sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
|
|
--buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
|
|
* last to first!
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
|
|
buf_T *buf;
|
|
int i;
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
|
|
vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
|
|
/* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
|
|
if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
|
|
vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear and free one syntax cluster.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
|
|
buf_T *buf;
|
|
int i;
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
|
|
vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
|
|
vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":syntax clear" command.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
int syncing;
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
char_u *arg_end;
|
|
int id;
|
|
|
|
eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
if (eap->skip)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
|
|
* because otherwise @group would get deleted.
|
|
* Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
|
|
* clear".
|
|
*/
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* No argument: Clear all syntax items.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (syncing)
|
|
syntax_sync_clear();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
syntax_clear(curbuf);
|
|
do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
{
|
|
arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
if (*arg == '@')
|
|
{
|
|
id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
if (id == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
|
|
* the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
|
|
* and make it empty.
|
|
*/
|
|
short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
|
vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
|
|
SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
if (id == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
|
|
}
|
|
arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
|
|
int id;
|
|
int syncing;
|
|
{
|
|
synpat_T *spp;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
|
|
/* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
|
|
if (!syncing)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
|
|
(void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* clear the patterns for "id" */
|
|
for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
continue;
|
|
syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":syntax on" command.
|
|
*/
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
{
|
|
syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":syntax enable" command.
|
|
*/
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
{
|
|
set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
|
|
syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":syntax reset" command.
|
|
*/
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
{
|
|
eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
if (!eap->skip)
|
|
{
|
|
set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
|
|
do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
|
|
do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":syntax manual" command.
|
|
*/
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
{
|
|
syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":syntax off" command.
|
|
*/
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
{
|
|
syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
char *name;
|
|
{
|
|
char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
|
eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
if (!eap->skip)
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(buf, "so ");
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
|
|
do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
int id;
|
|
char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
|
eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
if (eap->skip)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
|
|
{
|
|
MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (syncing)
|
|
{
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
|
|
syn_lines_msg();
|
|
syn_match_msg();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
|
|
{
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
|
|
MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
|
|
msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
syn_match_msg();
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
|
|
|| curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
|
|
|| curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
|
|
syn_lines_msg();
|
|
syn_match_msg();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
|
|
if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
|
|
for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
syn_list_cluster(id);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
|
|
{
|
|
arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
if (*arg == '@')
|
|
{
|
|
id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
if (id == 0)
|
|
EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
else
|
|
syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
if (id == 0)
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
else
|
|
syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_lines_msg()
|
|
{
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG_PUTS("; ");
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
|
|
msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
MSG_PUTS(", ");
|
|
}
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
|
|
msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
|
|
}
|
|
MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_match_msg()
|
|
{
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
|
|
msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
|
|
MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int last_matchgroup;
|
|
|
|
struct name_list
|
|
{
|
|
int flag;
|
|
char *name;
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
|
|
int id;
|
|
int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
|
|
{
|
|
int attr;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
int did_header = FALSE;
|
|
synpat_T *spp;
|
|
static struct name_list namelist1[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
|
|
{HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
|
|
{HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
|
|
{HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
|
|
{HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
|
|
{HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
|
|
{HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
|
|
{HL_FOLD, "fold"},
|
|
{0, NULL}
|
|
};
|
|
static struct name_list namelist2[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
|
|
{HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
|
|
{HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
|
|
{0, NULL}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
|
|
|
|
/* list the keywords for "id" */
|
|
if (!syncing)
|
|
{
|
|
did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
|
|
did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
|
|
did_header, attr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* list the patterns for "id" */
|
|
for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
|
|
{
|
|
spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
(void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
did_header = TRUE;
|
|
last_matchgroup = 0;
|
|
if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
{
|
|
put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
}
|
|
else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
{
|
|
while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
|
|
&& SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
|
|
put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
--idx;
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
}
|
|
syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
|
if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
|
|
|
|
if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
|
if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
|
|
syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
}
|
|
if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
{
|
|
if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
|
|
else
|
|
msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
|
|
msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
|
|
[spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
else
|
|
MSG_PUTS("NONE");
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* list the link, if there is one */
|
|
if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
|
|
struct name_list *nl;
|
|
int flags;
|
|
int attr;
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
|
|
if (flags & nl[i].flag)
|
|
{
|
|
msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_list_cluster(id)
|
|
int id;
|
|
{
|
|
int endcol = 15;
|
|
|
|
/* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
|
|
msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
|
|
|
|
if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
|
msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
|
|
hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
put_id_list(name, list, attr)
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
short *list;
|
|
int attr;
|
|
{
|
|
short *p;
|
|
|
|
msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
|
|
msg_putchar('=');
|
|
for (p = list; *p; ++p)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
{
|
|
if (p[1])
|
|
MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
|
|
else
|
|
MSG_PUTS("ALL");
|
|
}
|
|
else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG_PUTS("TOP");
|
|
}
|
|
else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
|
|
}
|
|
else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
{
|
|
short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
|
msg_putchar('@');
|
|
msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
|
|
if (p[1])
|
|
msg_putchar(',');
|
|
}
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
|
|
char *s;
|
|
int c;
|
|
synpat_T *spp;
|
|
int attr;
|
|
{
|
|
long n;
|
|
int mask;
|
|
int first;
|
|
static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
|
|
if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
|
|
{
|
|
last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
|
|
msg_putchar('=');
|
|
if (last_matchgroup == 0)
|
|
msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
|
|
else
|
|
msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
|
|
msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
|
|
msg_putchar(c);
|
|
|
|
/* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
|
|
for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
|
|
if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
|
|
msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
|
/* output any pattern options */
|
|
first = TRUE;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
mask = (1 << i);
|
|
if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!first)
|
|
msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
|
|
msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
|
|
n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
|
|
if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
{
|
|
if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
|
|
msg_putchar('s');
|
|
else
|
|
msg_putchar('e');
|
|
if (n > 0)
|
|
msg_putchar('+');
|
|
}
|
|
if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
msg_outnum(n);
|
|
first = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
|
|
* Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
|
|
int id;
|
|
hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
|
|
int attr;
|
|
{
|
|
int outlen;
|
|
hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
int todo;
|
|
int prev_contained = 0;
|
|
short *prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
int prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
int prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
int prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
|
|
* hash value...
|
|
*/
|
|
todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
{
|
|
--todo;
|
|
for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
{
|
|
if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
{
|
|
if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|| prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|| prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|| prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|| prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
|
|
|| prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
|
|
outlen = 9999;
|
|
else
|
|
outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
|
|
/* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
|
|
if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
|
|
{
|
|
prev_contained = 0;
|
|
prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
did_header = TRUE;
|
|
if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
{
|
|
msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
|
|
}
|
|
if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
|
|
{
|
|
put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
|
|
}
|
|
if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
|
|
{
|
|
put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
|
|
if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
{
|
|
msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
|
|
}
|
|
if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
{
|
|
msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
|
|
}
|
|
if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
{
|
|
msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return did_header;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
|
|
int id;
|
|
hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
{
|
|
hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
keyentry_T *kp_prev;
|
|
keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
int todo;
|
|
|
|
hash_lock(ht);
|
|
todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
{
|
|
--todo;
|
|
kp_prev = NULL;
|
|
for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
|
|
{
|
|
if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
{
|
|
kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
if (kp_prev == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (kp_next == NULL)
|
|
hash_remove(ht, hi);
|
|
else
|
|
hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
|
|
vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
vim_free(kp);
|
|
kp = kp_next;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
kp_prev = kp;
|
|
kp = kp->ke_next;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
hash_unlock(ht);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear a whole keyword table.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
clear_keywtab(ht)
|
|
hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
{
|
|
hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
int todo;
|
|
keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
|
todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
{
|
|
--todo;
|
|
kp = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
|
|
{
|
|
kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
vim_free(kp);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
hash_clear(ht);
|
|
hash_init(ht);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
|
|
char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
|
|
int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
|
|
int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
|
|
short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
|
|
short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
|
|
{
|
|
keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
char_u *name_ic;
|
|
long_u hash;
|
|
char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
|
|
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
|
|
name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
else
|
|
name_ic = name;
|
|
kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
|
|
if (kp == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
|
|
kp->k_syn.id = id;
|
|
kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
kp->flags = flags;
|
|
kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
|
|
if (cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
|
|
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
else
|
|
ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
|
|
|
|
hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
|
|
hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
{
|
|
/* new keyword, add to hashtable */
|
|
kp->ke_next = NULL;
|
|
hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
|
|
kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the start and end of the group name argument.
|
|
* Return a pointer to the first argument.
|
|
* Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
get_group_name(arg, name_end)
|
|
char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
|
|
char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *rest;
|
|
|
|
*name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
|
|
* pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
return rest;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for syntax command option arguments.
|
|
* This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
|
|
* out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
|
|
* collect all options in between other arguments.
|
|
* Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
|
|
* Return NULL for any error;
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
get_syn_options(arg, opt)
|
|
char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
|
|
syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *gname_start, *gname;
|
|
int syn_id;
|
|
int len;
|
|
char *p;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int fidx;
|
|
static struct flag
|
|
{
|
|
char *name;
|
|
int argtype;
|
|
int flags;
|
|
} flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
|
|
{"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
|
|
{"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
|
|
{"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
|
|
{"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
|
|
{"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
|
|
{"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
|
|
{"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
|
|
{"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
|
|
{"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
|
|
{"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
|
|
{"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
|
|
{"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
|
|
{"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
|
|
{"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
|
|
{"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
|
|
};
|
|
static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
|
|
|
|
if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
|
|
* Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
|
|
* Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
p = flagtab[fidx].name;
|
|
for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
|
|
if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
|
|
break;
|
|
if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
|
|
|| (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
|
|
? arg[len] == '='
|
|
: ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
|
|
{
|
|
if (opt->keyword
|
|
&& (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
|
|
|| flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|| flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
|
|
/* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
|
|
fidx = -1;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!opt->has_cont_list)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
|
|
{
|
|
#if 0 /* cannot happen */
|
|
if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
|
|
{
|
|
if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
|
|
arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
|
|
|
|
if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
|
|
|| flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
|
|
{
|
|
if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
gname_start = arg;
|
|
arg = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
if (gname_start == arg)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
|
|
if (gname == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
*opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
|
|
for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
|
|
&& SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
{
|
|
*opt->sync_idx = i;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
|
|
vim_free(gname);
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
vim_free(gname);
|
|
arg = skipwhite(arg);
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
&& foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
|
|
/* Need to update folds later. */
|
|
foldUpdateAll(curwin);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return arg;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
* Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
|
|
* to the specified top-level group, if any.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
|
|
int id;
|
|
int *flagsp;
|
|
{
|
|
if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
*flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
{
|
|
/* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
|
|
short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
|
|
int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
|
if (grp_list != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
grp_list[0] = id;
|
|
grp_list[1] = 0;
|
|
syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
|
|
CLUSTER_ADD);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
|
|
*/
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
int sgl_id = 1;
|
|
char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
char_u *rest;
|
|
char_u *errormsg = NULL;
|
|
int prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
int prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
int source = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
if (eap->skip)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (arg[0] == '@')
|
|
{
|
|
++arg;
|
|
rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
if (rest == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
/* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
|
|
eap->arg = rest;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
|
|
* filename to include.
|
|
*/
|
|
eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
|
|
separate_nextcmd(eap);
|
|
if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
|
|
{
|
|
/* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
|
|
* file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
|
|
* ":runtime!" is used. */
|
|
source = TRUE;
|
|
if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (errormsg != NULL)
|
|
EMSG(errormsg);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
|
|
* include" tag around the actual inclusion.
|
|
*/
|
|
prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
|
|
if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL
|
|
: cmd_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
|
|
*/
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
int syn_id;
|
|
char_u *rest;
|
|
char_u *keyword_copy;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *kw;
|
|
syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
int cnt;
|
|
|
|
rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
|
if (rest != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
|
/* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
|
|
keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
|
|
if (keyword_copy != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
|
|
* found before keywords can be created.
|
|
* 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
|
|
*/
|
|
cnt = 0;
|
|
p = keyword_copy;
|
|
for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
|
|
{
|
|
rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
break;
|
|
/* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
|
|
while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
|
|
{
|
|
if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
|
|
++rest;
|
|
*p++ = *rest++;
|
|
}
|
|
*p++ = NUL;
|
|
++cnt;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!eap->skip)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
|
|
syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
|
|
{
|
|
for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
|
|
{
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
*p = NUL;
|
|
add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
|
|
syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
|
|
syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (p[1] == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E747: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
|
|
kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (p[1] == ']')
|
|
{
|
|
kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + 1);
|
|
|
|
mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
|
|
p += l;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
p[0] = p[1];
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
vim_free(keyword_copy);
|
|
vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (rest != NULL)
|
|
eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
else
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
|
redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
|
|
*
|
|
* Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
char_u *rest;
|
|
synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
|
|
int syn_id;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
int sync_idx = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
|
/* Get options before the pattern */
|
|
syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
|
|
/* get the pattern. */
|
|
init_syn_patterns();
|
|
vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
|
|
rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
|
|
if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
|
|
/* Get options after the pattern */
|
|
rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
|
|
if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
|
|
*/
|
|
eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
rest = NULL;
|
|
else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
|
|
&& (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
(int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
/*
|
|
* Store the pattern in the syn_items list
|
|
*/
|
|
idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
|
/* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
|
|
if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Something failed, free the allocated memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
vim_free(item.sp_prog);
|
|
vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
|
|
vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
|
|
if (rest == NULL)
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
|
|
* start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
|
|
char_u *key_end;
|
|
char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int item;
|
|
#define ITEM_START 0
|
|
#define ITEM_SKIP 1
|
|
#define ITEM_END 2
|
|
#define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
|
|
struct pat_ptr
|
|
{
|
|
synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
|
|
int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
|
|
struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
|
|
} *(pat_ptrs[3]);
|
|
/* patterns found in the line */
|
|
struct pat_ptr *ppp;
|
|
struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
|
|
int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
|
|
int syn_id;
|
|
int matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
|
|
int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
|
|
int success = FALSE;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
|
|
/* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
|
pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
|
|
pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
|
syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check for option arguments */
|
|
rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
|
|
key_end = rest;
|
|
while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
|
|
++key_end;
|
|
vim_free(key);
|
|
key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
|
|
if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
{
|
|
rest = NULL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
|
|
item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
|
|
else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
|
|
item = ITEM_START;
|
|
else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
|
|
item = ITEM_END;
|
|
else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
|
|
{
|
|
illegal = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
item = ITEM_SKIP;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
break;
|
|
rest = skipwhite(key_end);
|
|
if (*rest != '=')
|
|
{
|
|
rest = NULL;
|
|
EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
|
|
if (*rest == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
|
|
{
|
|
p = skiptowhite(rest);
|
|
if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
|
|
matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
|
|
if (matchgroup_id == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
illegal = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
rest = skipwhite(p);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
|
|
* syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
|
|
* used from end to start).
|
|
*/
|
|
ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
|
|
if (ppp == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
rest = NULL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
|
|
pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
|
|
ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
|
|
if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
rest = NULL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
|
|
*/
|
|
/* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
|
|
if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
|
|
else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
|
|
reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
|
|
rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
reg_do_extmatch = 0;
|
|
if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
|
|
&& !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
|
|
++pat_count;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
vim_free(key);
|
|
if (illegal || not_enough)
|
|
rest = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
|
|
pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
|
|
{
|
|
not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
rest = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (rest != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for trailing garbage or command.
|
|
* If OK, add the item.
|
|
*/
|
|
eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
rest = NULL;
|
|
else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
|
|
&& (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
(int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
/*
|
|
* Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
|
|
*/
|
|
idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
{
|
|
for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
|
|
{
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
|
|
(item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
|
|
(item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
|
|
ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
|
|
if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
{
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
|
|
syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
|
|
syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
}
|
|
++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
++idx;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Free the allocated memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!success)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
|
|
vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
|
|
}
|
|
vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
|
|
vim_free(ppp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!success)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
if (not_enough)
|
|
EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
|
|
else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
_RTLENTRYF
|
|
#endif
|
|
syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
|
|
const void *v1;
|
|
const void *v2;
|
|
{
|
|
const short *s1 = v1;
|
|
const short *s2 = v2;
|
|
|
|
return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Combines lists of syntax clusters.
|
|
* *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
|
|
short **clstr1;
|
|
short **clstr2;
|
|
int list_op;
|
|
{
|
|
int count1 = 0;
|
|
int count2 = 0;
|
|
short *g1;
|
|
short *g2;
|
|
short *clstr = NULL;
|
|
int count;
|
|
int round;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle degenerate cases.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*clstr2 == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
{
|
|
if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
*clstr1 = *clstr2;
|
|
else
|
|
vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
|
|
++count1;
|
|
for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
|
|
++count2;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For speed purposes, sort both lists.
|
|
*/
|
|
qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
|
|
* in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
|
|
* list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
|
|
* of the current elements in each list to the new list.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
|
|
{
|
|
g1 = *clstr1;
|
|
g2 = *clstr2;
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (*g1 && *g2)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* We always want to add from the first list.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*g1 < *g2)
|
|
{
|
|
if (round == 2)
|
|
clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
count++;
|
|
g1++;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
* We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
|
|
* lists.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
{
|
|
if (round == 2)
|
|
clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
count++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*g1 == *g2)
|
|
g1++;
|
|
g2++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
|
|
* first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
|
|
* we're adding the lists.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
|
|
if (round == 2)
|
|
clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
|
|
if (round == 2)
|
|
clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
|
if (round == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
|
|
* space for it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (count == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
clstr = NULL;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
if (clstr == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
clstr[count] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Finally, put the new list in place.
|
|
*/
|
|
vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
*clstr1 = clstr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
|
|
* If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
syn_scl_name2id(name)
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
char_u *name_u;
|
|
|
|
/* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
if (name_u == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
|
|
&& STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
vim_free(name_u);
|
|
return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
char_u *linep;
|
|
int len;
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
int id = 0;
|
|
|
|
name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
if (name != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
vim_free(name);
|
|
}
|
|
return id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
* The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
* If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
* Return 0 for failure.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
|
|
char_u *pp;
|
|
int len;
|
|
{
|
|
int id;
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
|
|
name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
id = syn_add_cluster(name);
|
|
else
|
|
vim_free(name);
|
|
return id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
|
|
* "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
* Return 0 for failure.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
syn_add_cluster(name)
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
{
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(name);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
|
vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
|
|
SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
|
|
SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
|
if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
|
|
curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
|
|
curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
|
return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
|
|
* [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
|
|
*/
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
char_u *rest;
|
|
int scl_id;
|
|
short *clstr_list;
|
|
int got_clstr = FALSE;
|
|
int opt_len;
|
|
int list_op;
|
|
|
|
eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
if (eap->skip)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
|
if (rest != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
|
|
- SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
|
|
&& (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
|
|
{
|
|
opt_len = 3;
|
|
list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
|
|
&& (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
|
|
{
|
|
opt_len = 6;
|
|
list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
|
|
&& (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
|
|
{
|
|
opt_len = 8;
|
|
list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
clstr_list = NULL;
|
|
if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
|
|
&clstr_list, list_op);
|
|
got_clstr = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (got_clstr)
|
|
{
|
|
redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!got_clstr)
|
|
EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
|
|
if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
init_syn_patterns()
|
|
{
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
|
|
* Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
|
|
* Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
|
|
char_u *arg;
|
|
synpat_T *ci;
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *end;
|
|
int *p;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
|
/* need at least three chars */
|
|
if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
/* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
|
if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
|
|
*/
|
|
++end;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (idx >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
|
|
if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
switch (end[3])
|
|
{
|
|
case 's': break;
|
|
case 'b': break;
|
|
case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
|
|
default: idx = -1; break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (idx >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
|
|
if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
|
|
{
|
|
end += 3;
|
|
*p = getdigits(&end);
|
|
|
|
/* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
|
|
if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
|
|
{
|
|
ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
|
|
ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else /* yy=x+99 */
|
|
{
|
|
end += 4;
|
|
if (*end == '+')
|
|
{
|
|
++end;
|
|
*p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
|
|
}
|
|
else if (*end == '-')
|
|
{
|
|
++end;
|
|
*p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (*end != ',')
|
|
break;
|
|
++end;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} while (idx >= 0);
|
|
|
|
if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
return skipwhite(end);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
|
|
*/
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
|
|
char_u *arg_end;
|
|
char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
char_u *next_arg;
|
|
int illegal = FALSE;
|
|
int finished = FALSE;
|
|
long n;
|
|
char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
|
if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
{
|
|
syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
{
|
|
arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
|
|
next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
vim_free(key);
|
|
key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
|
|
if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!eap->skip)
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
|
|
if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
|
|
{
|
|
arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
|
|
if (!eap->skip)
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
|
|
(int)(arg_end - next_arg));
|
|
next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!eap->skip)
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
|
|
}
|
|
else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
|
|
|| STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|| STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|| STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (key[4] == 'S')
|
|
arg_end = key + 6;
|
|
else if (key[0] == 'L')
|
|
arg_end = key + 11;
|
|
else
|
|
arg_end = key + 9;
|
|
if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
|
|
{
|
|
illegal = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
n = getdigits(&arg_end);
|
|
if (!eap->skip)
|
|
{
|
|
if (key[4] == 'B')
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
|
|
else if (key[1] == 'A')
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
|
|
else
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!eap->skip)
|
|
{
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
|
|
finished = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
{
|
|
illegal = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!eap->skip)
|
|
{
|
|
/* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
|
|
(int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
finished = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
|
/* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
|
|
vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
|
if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
finished = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
eap->arg = next_arg;
|
|
if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
|
|
syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
|
|
else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
|
|
syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
|
|
else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
|
|
syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
|
|
else
|
|
illegal = TRUE;
|
|
finished = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
arg_start = next_arg;
|
|
}
|
|
vim_free(key);
|
|
if (illegal)
|
|
EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
|
|
else if (!finished)
|
|
{
|
|
eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
|
|
redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
|
|
* "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
|
|
* "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
|
|
* Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
|
|
* returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
|
|
char_u **arg;
|
|
int keylen; /* length of keyword */
|
|
short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
|
|
NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
char_u *end;
|
|
int round;
|
|
int count;
|
|
int total_count = 0;
|
|
short *retval = NULL;
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
int id;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int failed = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We parse the list twice:
|
|
* round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
|
|
* round == 2: fill the array with the items.
|
|
* In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
|
|
* grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* skip "contains"
|
|
*/
|
|
p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
|
|
if (*p != '=')
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
p = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
if (ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* parse the arguments after "contains"
|
|
*/
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
while (!ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
{
|
|
for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
|
|
;
|
|
name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
failed = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
STRNCPY(name + 1, p, end - p);
|
|
name[end - p + 1] = NUL;
|
|
if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
|
|
|| STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
|
|
|| STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
|
|
|| STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
|
|
failed = TRUE;
|
|
vim_free(name);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (count != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
|
|
failed = TRUE;
|
|
vim_free(name);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (name[1] == 'A')
|
|
id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
|
|
else if (name[1] == 'T')
|
|
id = SYNID_TOP;
|
|
else
|
|
id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
|
|
id += current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (name[1] == '@')
|
|
{
|
|
id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle full group name.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
|
|
id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle match of regexp with group names.
|
|
*/
|
|
*name = '^';
|
|
STRCAT(name, "$");
|
|
regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
failed = TRUE;
|
|
vim_free(name);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
|
|
id = 0;
|
|
for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
|
|
(colnr_T)0))
|
|
{
|
|
if (round == 2)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Got more items than expected; can happen
|
|
* when adding items that match:
|
|
* "contains=a.*b,axb".
|
|
* Go back to first round */
|
|
if (count >= total_count)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(retval);
|
|
round = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
retval[count] = i + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
++count;
|
|
id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
vim_free(name);
|
|
if (id == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
|
|
failed = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (id > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (round == 2)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
|
|
if (count >= total_count)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(retval);
|
|
round = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
retval[count] = id;
|
|
}
|
|
++count;
|
|
}
|
|
p = skipwhite(end);
|
|
if (*p != ',')
|
|
break;
|
|
p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
|
|
}
|
|
if (failed)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (round == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
if (retval == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
|
|
total_count = count;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*arg = p;
|
|
if (failed || retval == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(retval);
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (*list == NULL)
|
|
*list = retval;
|
|
else
|
|
vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make a copy of an ID list.
|
|
*/
|
|
static short *
|
|
copy_id_list(list)
|
|
short *list;
|
|
{
|
|
int len;
|
|
int count;
|
|
short *retval;
|
|
|
|
if (list == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
|
|
;
|
|
len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
|
|
retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
if (retval != NULL)
|
|
mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
|
|
* "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
|
|
* Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
|
|
* the current item.
|
|
* This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
|
|
stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
|
|
short *list; /* id list */
|
|
struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
|
|
int contained; /* group id is contained */
|
|
{
|
|
int retval;
|
|
short *scl_list;
|
|
short item;
|
|
short id = ssp->id;
|
|
static int depth = 0;
|
|
int r;
|
|
|
|
/* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
|
|
if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
|
|
&& !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
|
|
* that we don't go back past the first one. */
|
|
while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
|
|
&& cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
|
|
--cur_si;
|
|
/* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
|
|
if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
|
|
&(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
|
|
SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (list == NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
|
|
* inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
|
|
return !contained;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
|
|
* contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
|
|
* level as the list.
|
|
*/
|
|
item = *list;
|
|
if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
{
|
|
if (item < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
{
|
|
/* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
|
|
if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
{
|
|
/* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
|
|
if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
|
|
if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
item = *++list;
|
|
retval = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (item != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (item == id)
|
|
return retval;
|
|
if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
{
|
|
scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
|
|
/* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
|
|
* cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
|
|
if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
|
|
{
|
|
++depth;
|
|
r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
|
|
--depth;
|
|
if (r)
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
item = *++list;
|
|
}
|
|
return !retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct subcommand
|
|
{
|
|
char *name; /* subcommand name */
|
|
void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{"case", syn_cmd_case},
|
|
{"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
|
|
{"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
|
|
{"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
|
|
{"include", syn_cmd_include},
|
|
{"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
|
|
{"list", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
{"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
|
|
{"match", syn_cmd_match},
|
|
{"on", syn_cmd_on},
|
|
{"off", syn_cmd_off},
|
|
{"region", syn_cmd_region},
|
|
{"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
|
|
{"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
|
|
{"", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
{NULL, NULL}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* ":syntax".
|
|
* This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
|
|
* syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
ex_syntax(eap)
|
|
exarg_T *eap;
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
char_u *subcmd_end;
|
|
char_u *subcmd_name;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
|
|
|
|
/* isolate subcommand name */
|
|
for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
|
|
;
|
|
subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
|
|
if (subcmd_name != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
|
|
++emsg_skip;
|
|
for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
|
|
(subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
vim_free(subcmd_name);
|
|
if (eap->skip)
|
|
--emsg_skip;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
syntax_present(buf)
|
|
buf_T *buf;
|
|
{
|
|
return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
|
|
|| buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
|
|
|| curbuf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|| curbuf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
|
static enum
|
|
{
|
|
EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
|
|
EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
|
|
} expand_what;
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
expand_T *xp;
|
|
char_u *arg;
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
/* Default: expand subcommands */
|
|
xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
|
|
expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
|
|
xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
include_link = FALSE;
|
|
include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
|
|
{
|
|
xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
|
|
xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
expand_what = EXP_CASE;
|
|
else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|| STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|| STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|| STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
else
|
|
xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
|
|
* expansion.
|
|
*/
|
|
/*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
|
|
expand_T *xp;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
{
|
|
if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
|
|
return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
|
|
return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
syn_get_id(lnum, col, trans, spellp)
|
|
long lnum;
|
|
colnr_T col;
|
|
int trans; /* remove transparancy */
|
|
int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */
|
|
{
|
|
/* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
|
|
* line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
|
|
if (curwin->w_buffer != syn_buf
|
|
|| lnum != current_lnum
|
|
|| col < current_col)
|
|
syntax_start(curwin, lnum);
|
|
|
|
(void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp);
|
|
|
|
return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
long lnum;
|
|
{
|
|
int level = 0;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
|
|
if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
++level;
|
|
}
|
|
if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
|
|
level = wp->w_p_fdn;
|
|
return level;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**************************************
|
|
* Highlighting stuff *
|
|
**************************************/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
|
|
* they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
|
|
* When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
|
|
*/
|
|
static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
"Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
|
|
"lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
|
|
#endif
|
|
"ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White",
|
|
"IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
"ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold",
|
|
"NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue",
|
|
"StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold",
|
|
"StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
"VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
"VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold",
|
|
"DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red",
|
|
NULL
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
|
|
{
|
|
"Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
"LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown",
|
|
"MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
"Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
"Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
"Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE",
|
|
"SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl",
|
|
"SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl",
|
|
"SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl",
|
|
"SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
"Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
"WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red",
|
|
"WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
"Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
"FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
"SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
"Visual term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=LightGrey",
|
|
"DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue",
|
|
"DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta",
|
|
"DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan",
|
|
NULL
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
|
|
{
|
|
"Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan",
|
|
"LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow",
|
|
"MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
"Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
"Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green",
|
|
"Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
"SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan",
|
|
"SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl",
|
|
"SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl",
|
|
"SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl",
|
|
"Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
"WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red",
|
|
"WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
"Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
"FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
"SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
"Visual term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey",
|
|
"DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue",
|
|
"DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
"DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan",
|
|
NULL
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
init_highlight(both, reset)
|
|
int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
|
|
int reset; /* clear group first */
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
char **pp;
|
|
static int had_both = FALSE;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
|
|
* and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
|
|
if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
|
|
return;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (both)
|
|
{
|
|
had_both = TRUE;
|
|
pp = highlight_init_both;
|
|
for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!had_both)
|
|
/* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
|
|
* Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
|
|
* everything anyway. */
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
pp = highlight_init_light;
|
|
else
|
|
pp = highlight_init_dark;
|
|
for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
/*
|
|
* If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
static int recursive = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (recursive >= 5)
|
|
EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
++recursive;
|
|
(void)cmd_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
|
|
--recursive;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Load color file "name".
|
|
* Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
load_colors(name)
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *buf;
|
|
int retval = FAIL;
|
|
static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
|
|
* 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
|
|
* working, thus we should return OK. */
|
|
if (recursive)
|
|
return OK;
|
|
|
|
recursive = TRUE;
|
|
buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
|
|
if (buf != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
|
|
retval = cmd_runtime(buf, FALSE);
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle the ":highlight .." command.
|
|
* When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
|
|
* "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
int forceit;
|
|
int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *name_end;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *linep;
|
|
char_u *key_start;
|
|
char_u *arg_start;
|
|
char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
|
|
long i;
|
|
int off;
|
|
int len;
|
|
int attr;
|
|
int id;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
int dodefault = FALSE;
|
|
int doclear = FALSE;
|
|
int dolink = FALSE;
|
|
int error = FALSE;
|
|
int color;
|
|
int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
|
|
int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
|
|
int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
|
|
int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
|
|
#else
|
|
# define is_menu_group 0
|
|
# define is_tooltip_group 0
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If no argument, list current highlighting.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
{
|
|
for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
/* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
|
|
highlight_list_one((int)i);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Isolate the name.
|
|
*/
|
|
name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for "default" argument.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
dodefault = TRUE;
|
|
line = linep;
|
|
name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
doclear = TRUE;
|
|
if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
dolink = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
{
|
|
id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
if (id == 0)
|
|
EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
|
|
else
|
|
highlight_list_one(id);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (dolink)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *from_start = linep;
|
|
char_u *from_end;
|
|
char_u *to_start;
|
|
char_u *to_end;
|
|
int from_id;
|
|
int to_id;
|
|
|
|
from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
|
|
to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
|
|
to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
|
|
|
|
if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
|
|
from_start);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
|
|
if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
|
|
to_id = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
|
|
|
|
if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
|
|
* for the group, unless '!' is used
|
|
*/
|
|
if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
|
|
&& hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
|
|
{
|
|
if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
|
|
EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!init)
|
|
HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
|
|
redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (doclear)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* ":highlight clear [group]" command.
|
|
*/
|
|
line = linep;
|
|
if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
/* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
|
|
* ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
|
|
* If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
|
|
* (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
|
|
* invalid because they were free'd.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (gui.in_use)
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
gui_init_tooltip_font();
|
|
# endif
|
|
# if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
|
|
gui_init_menu_font();
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
# if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
|
|
gui_mch_def_colors();
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
|
/* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
|
|
* group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
|
|
*/
|
|
gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
# endif
|
|
if (gui.in_use)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
/* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
|
|
* The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
|
|
* It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
|
|
*/
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
|
|
#endif
|
|
restore_cterm_colors();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
if (gui.in_use)
|
|
highlight_gui_started();
|
|
#endif
|
|
highlight_changed();
|
|
redraw_later_clear();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
|
|
*/
|
|
id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
|
|
return;
|
|
idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
|
/* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
|
|
if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
is_normal_group = TRUE;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
|
|
is_menu_group = TRUE;
|
|
else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
|
|
is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
|
|
else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
|
|
is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
|
|
if (doclear || (forceit && init))
|
|
{
|
|
highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
if (!doclear)
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!doclear)
|
|
while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
{
|
|
key_start = linep;
|
|
if (*linep == '=')
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
error = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
|
|
* "guibg").
|
|
*/
|
|
while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
|
|
++linep;
|
|
vim_free(key);
|
|
key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
|
|
if (key == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
error = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
|
if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!init)
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
|
|
highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
}
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check for the equal sign.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*linep != '=')
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
error = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
++linep;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Isolate the argument.
|
|
*/
|
|
linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
|
|
{
|
|
arg_start = ++linep;
|
|
linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
|
|
if (linep == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
|
|
error = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
arg_start = linep;
|
|
linep = skiptowhite(linep);
|
|
}
|
|
if (linep == arg_start)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
error = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
vim_free(arg);
|
|
arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
|
|
if (arg == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
error = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*linep == '\'')
|
|
++linep;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Store the argument.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
|
|
|| STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
|
|
|| STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
attr = 0;
|
|
off = 0;
|
|
while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
|
|
off += len;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
|
|
error = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
++off;
|
|
}
|
|
if (error)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (*key == 'T')
|
|
{
|
|
if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!init)
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (*key == 'C')
|
|
{
|
|
if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!init)
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!init)
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
if (!gui.shell_created)
|
|
{
|
|
/* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
# endif
|
|
/* First, save the current font/fontset.
|
|
* Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
|
|
* If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
|
|
* sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
# endif
|
|
hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
|
|
is_tooltip_group);
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
{
|
|
/* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
* one.
|
|
*/
|
|
gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
|
|
# endif
|
|
if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
{
|
|
/* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
* one.
|
|
*/
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!init)
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
|
/* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
|
|
* flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
|
|
if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
|
|
{
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
|
|
color = atoi((char *)arg);
|
|
else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
|
|
color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
|
|
error = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
|
|
color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
|
|
error = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
static char *(color_names[28]) = {
|
|
"Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
|
|
"DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
|
|
"Gray", "Grey",
|
|
"LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
|
|
"Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
|
|
"Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
|
|
"LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
|
|
static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
|
|
4, 5, 6, 6,
|
|
7, 7,
|
|
7, 7, 8, 8,
|
|
9, 9, 10, 10,
|
|
11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
|
|
13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
|
|
/* for xterm with 88 colors... */
|
|
static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
1, 5, 32, 72,
|
|
84, 84,
|
|
7, 7, 82, 82,
|
|
12, 43, 10, 61,
|
|
14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
|
|
75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
|
|
/* for xterm with 256 colors... */
|
|
static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
1, 5, 130, 130,
|
|
248, 248,
|
|
7, 7, 242, 242,
|
|
12, 81, 10, 121,
|
|
14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
|
|
225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
|
|
/* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
|
|
static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
1, 5, 3, 3,
|
|
7, 7,
|
|
7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
|
|
4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
|
|
6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
|
|
5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
|
|
#if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
|
|
/* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
|
|
if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
|
|
color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
|
|
off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
|
|
for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
|
|
if (off == color_names[i][0]
|
|
&& STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
|
|
error = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
|
|
color = color_numbers_16[i];
|
|
if (color >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (t_colors == 8)
|
|
{
|
|
/* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
|
|
#if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
|
|
#else
|
|
color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
{
|
|
/* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
|
|
* colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
|
|
if (color & 8)
|
|
{
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
}
|
|
color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
|
|
}
|
|
else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
|
|
|| t_colors == 256)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
|
|
* probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
|
|
* order for colors.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*T_CAF != NUL)
|
|
p = T_CAF;
|
|
else
|
|
p = T_CSF;
|
|
if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
|
|
switch (t_colors)
|
|
{
|
|
case 16:
|
|
color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
break;
|
|
case 88:
|
|
color = color_numbers_88[i];
|
|
break;
|
|
case 256:
|
|
color = color_numbers_256[i];
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
|
|
if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
{
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
|
|
if (is_normal_group)
|
|
{
|
|
cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
|
|
cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
/* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
|
|
if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
if (termcap_active)
|
|
term_fg_color(color);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
|
|
if (is_normal_group)
|
|
{
|
|
cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
/* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
|
|
if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
if (termcap_active)
|
|
term_bg_color(color);
|
|
if (t_colors < 16)
|
|
i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
|
|
else
|
|
i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
|
|
/* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
|
|
if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
|
|
set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
|
|
i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!init)
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
|
i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
{
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
else
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
if (is_menu_group)
|
|
gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
# endif
|
|
do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!init)
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
|
i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
{
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
else
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
if (is_menu_group)
|
|
gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
# endif
|
|
do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */
|
|
if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!init)
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
|
i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
{
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
else
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u buf[100];
|
|
char_u *tname;
|
|
|
|
if (!init)
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
|
|
* sequence, or a comma seperated list of terminal codes.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
off = 0;
|
|
buf[0] = 0;
|
|
while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Isolate one termcap name */
|
|
for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
|
|
arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
|
|
;
|
|
tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
|
|
if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
{
|
|
error = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
/* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
|
|
p = get_term_code(tname);
|
|
vim_free(tname);
|
|
if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
|
|
p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
|
/* Append it to the already found stuff */
|
|
if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
|
|
error = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
STRCAT(buf, p);
|
|
|
|
/* Advance to the next item */
|
|
off += len;
|
|
if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
++off;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
|
|
{
|
|
len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
|
|
if (len) /* recognized special char */
|
|
off += len;
|
|
else /* copy as normal char */
|
|
buf[off++] = *p++;
|
|
}
|
|
buf[off] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (error)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
|
|
p = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
p = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
if (key[2] == 'A')
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
error = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Continue with next argument.
|
|
*/
|
|
linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
syn_unadd_group();
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (is_normal_group)
|
|
{
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
/*
|
|
* Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
|
|
* and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (gui.in_use)
|
|
highlight_gui_started();
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
else if (is_menu_group)
|
|
{
|
|
if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
else if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
{
|
|
if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
}
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
else if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
{
|
|
if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
else
|
|
set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
vim_free(key);
|
|
vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
|
/* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
|
|
* possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
restore_cterm_colors()
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
|
|
/* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
|
|
* wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
|
|
* background/foreground colors. */
|
|
mch_set_normal_colors();
|
|
#else
|
|
cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
|
|
cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
|
|
cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
|
|
* When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
|
|
int idx;
|
|
int check_link;
|
|
{
|
|
return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
|
|
|| HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|| HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
|
|
#endif
|
|
|| (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear highlighting for one group.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
highlight_clear(idx)
|
|
int idx;
|
|
{
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
# endif
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
|
|
* highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
|
|
* "Tooltip" colors.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
set_normal_colors()
|
|
{
|
|
if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
|
|
&gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
|
|
FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
{
|
|
gui_mch_new_colors();
|
|
must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
|
|
&gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
|
|
TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
# endif
|
|
must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
}
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
|
|
&gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
|
|
FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
# endif
|
|
must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
|
|
&gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
|
|
FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
|
|
{
|
|
gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
int do_menu;
|
|
int use_norm;
|
|
int do_tooltip;
|
|
{
|
|
int idx;
|
|
|
|
idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
|
|
if (idx >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
|
|
|
|
if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
*fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
else if (use_norm)
|
|
*fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
*bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
else if (use_norm)
|
|
*bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the font of the "Normal" group.
|
|
* Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
hl_get_font_name()
|
|
{
|
|
int id;
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
|
|
id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
if (id > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
|
|
if (s != NULL)
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
return (char_u *)"";
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
|
|
* actually chosen to be used.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
hl_set_font_name(font_name)
|
|
char_u *font_name;
|
|
{
|
|
int id;
|
|
|
|
id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
if (id > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
|
|
* when the color is known.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
|
|
char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
{
|
|
int id;
|
|
|
|
if (name != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
if (id > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
|
|
* when the color is known.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
|
|
char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
{
|
|
int id;
|
|
|
|
if (name != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
if (id > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the handle for a color name.
|
|
* Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static guicolor_T
|
|
color_name2handle(name)
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
{
|
|
if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
|
if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
|
|
return gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
|
|
return gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
|
return gui_get_color(name);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the handle for a font name.
|
|
* Returns NOFONT when failed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static GuiFont
|
|
font_name2handle(name)
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
{
|
|
if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
return NOFONT;
|
|
|
|
return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the handle for a fontset name.
|
|
* Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static GuiFontset
|
|
fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
int fixed_width;
|
|
{
|
|
if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
return NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
|
return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
|
|
*/
|
|
/*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
static void
|
|
hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
int idx;
|
|
char_u *arg;
|
|
int do_normal; /* set normal font */
|
|
int do_menu; /* set menu font */
|
|
int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
/* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
|
|
* fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
|
|
if (*p_guifontset != NUL
|
|
# ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|| do_menu
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
/* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
|
|
|| do_tooltip
|
|
# endif
|
|
)
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
|
|
# ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|| do_menu
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|| do_tooltip
|
|
# endif
|
|
);
|
|
if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
{
|
|
/* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
* normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
if (do_normal)
|
|
gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
|
|
# if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
if (do_menu)
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
# else
|
|
/* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
|
|
gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
# endif
|
|
gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
}
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
if (do_tooltip)
|
|
{
|
|
/* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
|
|
* displaying a single font and a fontset.
|
|
* If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
|
|
* creation, then a fontset is always used, othwise an
|
|
* XFontStruct is used.
|
|
*/
|
|
gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
# endif
|
|
{
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
|
|
/* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
* normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
{
|
|
if (do_normal)
|
|
gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
|
|
#ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
# if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
if (do_menu)
|
|
{
|
|
gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
|
|
* Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
|
|
* GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
|
#define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
|
static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
|
#define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
|
#define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
|
|
* Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
|
|
* if the combination is new.
|
|
* Return 0 for error (no more room).
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
get_attr_entry(table, aep)
|
|
garray_T *table;
|
|
attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
attrentry_T *gap;
|
|
static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
|
|
*/
|
|
table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
|
|
table->ga_growsize = 7;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
gap = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
|
|
if ( aep->ae_attr == gap->ae_attr
|
|
&& (
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
(table == &gui_attr_table
|
|
&& (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == gap->ae_u.gui.fg_color
|
|
&& aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color == gap->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
&& aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color == gap->ae_u.gui.sp_color
|
|
&& aep->ae_u.gui.font == gap->ae_u.gui.font
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
&& aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == gap->ae_u.gui.fontset
|
|
# endif
|
|
))
|
|
||
|
|
#endif
|
|
(table == &term_attr_table
|
|
&& (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) ==
|
|
(gap->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
&& (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
|
|
|| STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
|
|
gap->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
|
|
&& (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) ==
|
|
(gap->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
&& (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
|
|
|| STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
|
|
gap->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
|
|
|| (table == &cterm_attr_table
|
|
&& aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color == gap->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
&& aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color == gap->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
|
|
))
|
|
|
|
return i + ATTR_OFF;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
|
|
* compute new ones for all groups.
|
|
* When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (recursive)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
|
|
#endif
|
|
ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
|
|
ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
|
|
must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
set_hl_attr(i);
|
|
|
|
recursive = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
gap = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
|
|
vim_memset(gap, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
|
|
gap->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
if (table == &gui_attr_table)
|
|
{
|
|
gap->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
gap->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
gap->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
gap->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
gap->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (table == &term_attr_table)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
gap->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
gap->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
gap->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
|
|
else
|
|
gap->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
|
|
{
|
|
gap->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
gap->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
}
|
|
++table->ga_len;
|
|
return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Combine the spelling attributes with other attributes. "spell_attr"
|
|
* overrules "char_attr".
|
|
* This creates a new group when required.
|
|
* Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
|
|
* result.
|
|
* Return the resulting attributes.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr)
|
|
int char_attr;
|
|
int spell_attr;
|
|
{
|
|
attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
|
|
attrentry_T *spell_aep;
|
|
attrentry_T new_en;
|
|
|
|
if (char_attr == 0)
|
|
return spell_attr;
|
|
if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && spell_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
return char_attr | spell_attr;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
if (gui.in_use)
|
|
{
|
|
if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (spell_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
new_en.ae_attr |= spell_attr;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(spell_attr);
|
|
if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
|
|
if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
|
|
new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (spell_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
new_en.ae_attr |= spell_attr;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(spell_attr);
|
|
if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
|
|
new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
|
|
new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
|
|
char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
|
|
if (char_aep != NULL)
|
|
new_en = *char_aep;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
|
|
if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (spell_attr <= HL_ALL)
|
|
new_en.ae_attr |= spell_attr;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(spell_attr);
|
|
if (spell_aep != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
|
|
if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
|
|
new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
|
attrentry_T *
|
|
syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
int attr;
|
|
{
|
|
attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
|
attrentry_T *
|
|
syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
int attr;
|
|
{
|
|
attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
attrentry_T *
|
|
syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
int attr;
|
|
{
|
|
attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define LIST_ATTR 1
|
|
#define LIST_STRING 2
|
|
#define LIST_INT 3
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
highlight_list_one(id)
|
|
int id;
|
|
{
|
|
struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
int didh = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
|
didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
|
|
didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
|
|
didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
|
|
|
|
didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
|
|
didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
|
|
didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
|
|
didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
|
|
didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
|
|
didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
|
|
didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (sgp->sg_link)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
|
|
msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
|
|
int id;
|
|
int didh;
|
|
int type;
|
|
int iarg;
|
|
char_u *sarg;
|
|
char *name;
|
|
{
|
|
char_u buf[100];
|
|
char_u *ts;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
|
|
{
|
|
ts = buf;
|
|
if (type == LIST_INT)
|
|
sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
|
|
else if (type == LIST_STRING)
|
|
ts = sarg;
|
|
else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
|
|
{
|
|
buf[0] = NUL;
|
|
for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
|
|
{
|
|
if (buf[0] != NUL)
|
|
STRCAT(buf, ",");
|
|
STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
(void)syn_list_header(didh,
|
|
(int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
|
|
didh = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
msg_outtrans(ts);
|
|
}
|
|
return didh;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
|
|
* Return NULL otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
|
|
int id;
|
|
int flag;
|
|
int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
{
|
|
int attr;
|
|
|
|
if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
if (modec == 'g')
|
|
attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (modec == 'c')
|
|
attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
else
|
|
attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
|
if (attr & flag)
|
|
return (char_u *)"1";
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return color name of highlight group "id".
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
highlight_color(id, what, modec)
|
|
int id;
|
|
char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
|
|
int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
{
|
|
static char_u name[20];
|
|
int n;
|
|
int fg = FALSE;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
int sp = FALSE;
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
|
|
fg = TRUE;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's')
|
|
sp = TRUE;
|
|
if (modec == 'g')
|
|
{
|
|
/* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
|
|
if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
|
|
{
|
|
guicolor_T color;
|
|
long_u rgb;
|
|
static char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
|
if (fg)
|
|
color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
else if (sp)
|
|
color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
else
|
|
color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
|
|
(unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
|
|
(unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
|
|
(unsigned)rgb & 255);
|
|
return buf;
|
|
}
|
|
if (fg)
|
|
return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
if (sp)
|
|
return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
if (modec == 'c')
|
|
{
|
|
if (fg)
|
|
n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
|
|
else
|
|
n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
|
|
sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
|
|
return name;
|
|
}
|
|
/* term doesn't have color */
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
|
|
|| defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
|
|
*/
|
|
long_u
|
|
highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
|
|
int id;
|
|
int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
|
|
{
|
|
guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
|
if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
return 0L;
|
|
|
|
if (fg)
|
|
color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
else
|
|
color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
|
if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
return 0L;
|
|
|
|
return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Output the syntax list header.
|
|
* Return TRUE when started a new line.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
|
|
int did_header; /* did header already */
|
|
int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
|
|
int id; /* highlight group id */
|
|
{
|
|
int endcol = 19;
|
|
int newline = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (!did_header)
|
|
{
|
|
msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
endcol = 15;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
|
|
msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
|
|
newline = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
|
msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
|
/* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
|
|
if (!did_header)
|
|
{
|
|
msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
|
|
msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return newline;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
|
|
* Called after one of the attributes has changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
set_hl_attr(idx)
|
|
int idx; /* index in array */
|
|
{
|
|
attrentry_T at_en;
|
|
struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
|
|
|
|
/* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
|
|
if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
/*
|
|
* For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
* attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
&& sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
&& sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
|
|
&& sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
&& sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
# endif
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
|
|
at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
|
|
# endif
|
|
sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
/*
|
|
* For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
* attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
|
|
sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
|
|
at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
|
|
sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
|
|
* highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
|
|
sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
|
|
* If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
syn_name2id(name)
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
char_u name_u[200];
|
|
|
|
/* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
/* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
|
|
* don't deserve to be found! */
|
|
STRNCPY(name_u, name, 199);
|
|
name_u[199] = NUL;
|
|
vim_strup(name_u);
|
|
for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
|
|
&& STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
return i + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
highlight_exists(name)
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
{
|
|
return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
syn_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
char_u *linep;
|
|
int len;
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
int id = 0;
|
|
|
|
name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
if (name != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
vim_free(name);
|
|
}
|
|
return id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
* The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
* If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
* Return 0 for failure.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
syn_check_group(pp, len)
|
|
char_u *pp;
|
|
int len;
|
|
{
|
|
int id;
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
|
|
name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
id = syn_add_group(name);
|
|
else
|
|
vim_free(name);
|
|
return id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
|
|
* "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
* Return 0 for failure.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
syn_add_group(name)
|
|
char_u *name;
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
/* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
|
|
for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
|
|
{
|
|
/* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
|
|
* give a warning. */
|
|
msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
|
|
highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(name);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
#endif
|
|
++highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
|
return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
|
|
* function deletes the new name.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
syn_unadd_group()
|
|
{
|
|
--highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
|
|
vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
syn_id2attr(hl_id)
|
|
int hl_id;
|
|
{
|
|
int attr;
|
|
struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
|
hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
/*
|
|
* Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (gui.in_use)
|
|
attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
|
|
else
|
|
attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
|
|
|
|
return attr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
|
|
* NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
|
|
int hl_id;
|
|
guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
{
|
|
struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
|
hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
|
*fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
*bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
return sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
|
|
int hl_id;
|
|
{
|
|
int count;
|
|
struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
|
if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
|
|
return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Follow links until there is no more.
|
|
* Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
|
|
{
|
|
sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
break;
|
|
hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return hl_id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
/*
|
|
* Call this function just after the GUI has started.
|
|
* It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
highlight_gui_started()
|
|
{
|
|
int idx;
|
|
|
|
/* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
|
|
set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
|
for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
highlight_changed();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
int idx;
|
|
int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
|
|
int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
|
|
{
|
|
int didit = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
|
|
do_tooltip);
|
|
didit = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
|
|
color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
didit = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
|
|
color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
didit = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
|
|
color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
|
|
didit = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
|
|
set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
|
|
* set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
|
|
* corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
|
|
* Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
|
|
* screen redraw after any :highlight command.
|
|
* Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
highlight_changed()
|
|
{
|
|
int hlf;
|
|
int i;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int attr;
|
|
char_u *end;
|
|
int id;
|
|
#ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
char_u userhl[10];
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
int id_SNC = -1;
|
|
int id_S = -1;
|
|
int hlcnt;
|
|
# endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
|
|
|
|
need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear all attributes.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* First set all attributes to their default value.
|
|
* Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
if (i)
|
|
p = p_hl;
|
|
else
|
|
p = get_highlight_default();
|
|
if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
while (*p)
|
|
{
|
|
for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
|
|
break;
|
|
++p;
|
|
if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
|
|
* bold-underlined.
|
|
*/
|
|
attr = 0;
|
|
for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
|
|
{
|
|
if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
switch (*p)
|
|
{
|
|
case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
break;
|
|
case '-':
|
|
case 'n': /* no highlighting */
|
|
break;
|
|
case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
|
|
break;
|
|
case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
|
|
if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
|
|
if (end == NULL)
|
|
end = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
|
|
if (id == 0)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
attr = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
p = end - 1;
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
|
|
id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
|
|
id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
#endif
|
|
break;
|
|
default: return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
|
|
|
|
p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
/* Setup the user highlights
|
|
*
|
|
* Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
|
|
* simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
|
|
*/
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
if (id_S == 0)
|
|
{ /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
|
|
memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
|
|
id_S = hlcnt + 10;
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
|
|
id = syn_name2id(userhl);
|
|
if (id == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
highlight_user[i] = 0;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
if (id_SNC == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
|
|
&hlt[id_SNC - 1],
|
|
sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
|
|
hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
|
|
if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
|
|
if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
|
|
hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
|
|
hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
|
|
if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
|
|
hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
|
|
# endif
|
|
# endif
|
|
highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
|
|
set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
|
|
highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
#endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
|
static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
|
|
static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
expand_T *xp;
|
|
char_u *arg;
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
/* Default: expand group names */
|
|
xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
include_link = TRUE;
|
|
include_default = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
|
|
{
|
|
include_default = FALSE;
|
|
if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
arg = skipwhite(p);
|
|
xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
}
|
|
if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
|
|
{
|
|
include_link = FALSE;
|
|
if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
|
|
highlight_list();
|
|
if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
|
|
|| STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
|
|
{
|
|
xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
|
|
xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* List highlighting matches in a nice way.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
highlight_list()
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
|
|
highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
|
|
highlight_list_two(99, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
|
|
int cnt;
|
|
int attr;
|
|
{
|
|
msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
|
|
msg_clr_eos();
|
|
out_flush();
|
|
ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
|
|
|| defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
|
|
* Also used for synIDattr() function.
|
|
*/
|
|
/*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
|
|
expand_T *xp;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
{
|
|
if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
&& include_link
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
return (char_u *)"link";
|
|
if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 1
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
&& include_link
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
return (char_u *)"clear";
|
|
if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 2
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
&& include_default
|
|
#endif
|
|
)
|
|
return (char_u *)"default";
|
|
if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
/*
|
|
* Free all the highlight group fonts.
|
|
* Used when quitting for systems which need it.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
free_highlight_fonts()
|
|
{
|
|
int idx;
|
|
|
|
for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HAVE_GTK2
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/**************************************
|
|
* End of Highlighting stuff *
|
|
**************************************/
|